linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
   2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
   3/*
   4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
   5 *
   6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
   8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
   9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
  10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
  11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
  12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
  13 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
  15 *
  16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
  17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
  18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
  19 *
  20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
  21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
  22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
  23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
  25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
  26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  27 *
  28 */
  29
  30/*
  31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
  32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
  33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
  34 *
  35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
  36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
  37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
  38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
  39 * can actually be identified and removed.
  40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
  41 */
  42
  43#include <linux/types.h>
  44
  45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
  46
  47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
  48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
  49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
  50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
  51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
  52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
  53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
  54
  55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN      4
  56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX      15
  57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN       1
  58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX       0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
  59
  60/**
  61 * DOC: Station handling
  62 *
  63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
  64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
  65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
  66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
  67 * to.
  68 *
  69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
  70 * capabilities.
  71 *
  72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
  73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
  74 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
  75 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
  76 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
  77 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
  78 *    time mark it authorized.
  79 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
  80 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
  81 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
  82 *
  83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
  84 */
  85
  86/**
  87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
  88 *
  89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
  90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
  91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
  92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
  93 * for various reasons.
  94 *
  95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
  96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
  97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
  98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
  99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
 101 * for doing that.
 102 *
 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 106 *
 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 108 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 109 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 110 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 111 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 112 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 113 *
 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 118 *
 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 120 * below.
 121 */
 122
 123/**
 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 125 *
 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 130 *
 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 134 *
 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 142 *
 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 151 *
 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 154 */
 155
 156/**
 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 158 *
 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 162 * and power consumption.
 163 *
 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 167 * following events occur.
 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 172 *
 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 174 * rule.
 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 179 */
 180
 181/**
 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 183 *
 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 191 *
 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
 198 * not present.
 199 *
 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 207 *
 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
 211 */
 212
 213/**
 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 215 *
 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
 223 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 224 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 225 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 226 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 231 *
 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
 234 * up a connection or after roaming.
 235 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 236 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 237 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 238 *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 241 *
 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 249 */
 250
 251/**
 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
 253 *
 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
 258 *
 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
 261 * respectively.
 262 */
 263
 264/**
 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
 266 *
 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
 273 * that main netdev.
 274 *
 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
 278 */
 279
 280/**
 281 * DOC: TID configuration
 282 *
 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
 285 *
 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
 289 *
 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
 295 * will be overwritten.
 296 *
 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
 300 * the interface goes down.
 301 */
 302
 303/**
 304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 305 *
 306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 307 *
 308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 309 *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
 310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
 311 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
 312 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 313 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
 314 *      channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
 315 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
 316 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
 317 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
 318 *      see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
 319 *      compatibility only.
 320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 321 *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 322 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 324 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 325 *
 326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
 327 *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 328 *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
 329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 330 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 332 *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 333 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 334 *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 335 *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 336 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 338 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 339 *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 340 *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 341 *
 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 343 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 345 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
 346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
 347 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 348 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
 349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 350 *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 351 *
 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 354 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 355 *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 356 *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 357 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 359 *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 360 *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 361 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 362 *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 363 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
 364 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
 365 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 366 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
 367 *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
 368 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
 369 *      attributes determining channel width.
 370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
 373 *
 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 375 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 377 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 379 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 381 *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
 382 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 383 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 384 *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 385 *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 386 *      frame).
 387 *
 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 389 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 390 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 392 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 393 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 395 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 397 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 399 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 401 *      or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 402 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 404 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 405 *
 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
 407 *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 408 *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 409 *      global regdomain will be returned.
 410 *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 411 *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 412 *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
 413 *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 414 *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 415 *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
 416 *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 417 *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 418 *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 420 *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 421 *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 422 *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 423 *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 424 *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 425 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 426 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 427 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 428 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
 430 *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
 431 *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 432 *
 433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
 434 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 435 *
 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
 437 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 438 *
 439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 440 *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 441 *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 442 *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 443 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 444 *      added to all specified management frames generated by
 445 *      kernel/firmware/driver.
 446 *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 447 *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 448 *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 449 *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 450 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 451 *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 452 *
 453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
 455 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 456 *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
 457 *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 458 *      be used.
 459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 460 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 462 *      partial scan results may be available
 463 *
 464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
 465 *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 466 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 467 *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 468 *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 469 *      These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 470 *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 471 *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 472 *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 473 *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
 474 *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 475 *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 476 *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 477 *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 478 *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 479 *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 480 *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 481 *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
 482 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 483 *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
 484 *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 485 *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 486 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
 487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 488 *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 489 *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 491 *      results available.
 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 493 *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 494 *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 495 *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 496 *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 497 *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 498 *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 499 *
 500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 501 *      or noise level
 502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 503 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 504 *
 505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 506 *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 507 *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 508 *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 509 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 510 *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 511 *      advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 512 *      ESS.
 513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 514 *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 515 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 516 *      authentication.
 517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 518 *
 519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 520 *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
 521 *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 522 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 523 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 524 *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 525 *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 526 *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 527 *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 528 *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
 529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 530 *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 531 *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 532 *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 533 *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 534 *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 535 *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 536 *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 537 *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 538 *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 539 *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 540 *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 541 *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 542 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 543 *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 544 *      the beacon hint was processed.
 545 *
 546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 547 *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 548 *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 549 *      authentication process.
 550 *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 551 *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 552 *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 553 *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 554 *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
 555 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
 556 *      channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
 557 *      authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
 558 *      (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
 559 *      to the frame.
 560 *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
 561 *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 562 *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 563 *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 564 *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
 565 *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 566 *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 567 *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 568 *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 569 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 570 *      pending authentication timed out).
 571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 572 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 573 *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
 574 *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 575 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 576 *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 577 *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 578 *      included).
 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
 580 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
 581 *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 582 *      primitives).
 583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
 584 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
 585 *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
 586 *
 587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 588 *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 589 *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 590 *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 591 *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 592 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 593 *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 594 *
 595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 596 *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 597 *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 598 *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 599 *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
 600 *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 601 *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 602 *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
 603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 604 *      determined by the network interface.
 605 *
 606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 607 *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 608 *      to the driver.
 609 *
 610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 611 *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 612 *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 613 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
 614 *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
 615 *      %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 616 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
 617 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 618 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
 619 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 620 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 621 *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 622 *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 623 *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 624 *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 625 *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 626 *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 627 *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 628 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 629 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
 630 *      Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
 631 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
 632 *      included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
 633 *      space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
 634 *      up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
 635 *      userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
 636 *      driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
 637 *      has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
 638 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 639 *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 640 *      a different BSS is desired.
 641 *      Background scan period can optionally be
 642 *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 643 *      if not specified default background scan configuration
 644 *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 645 *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
 646 *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 647 *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
 648 *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 649 *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 650 *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 651 *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 652 *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 653 *      well to remain backwards compatible.
 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 655 *      When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
 656 *      fast transition, this event should be followed by an
 657 *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
 658 *      Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
 659 *      %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
 660 *      new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
 661 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 662 *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 663 *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 664 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 665 *
 666 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 667 *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 668 *
 669 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 670 *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 671 *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 672 *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
 673 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 674 *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
 675 *      frequency for the operation.
 676 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 677 *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 678 *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 679 *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 680 *      radio).
 681 *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 682 *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 683 *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 684 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 685 *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 686 *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 687 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 688 *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 689 *      uniquely identify the request.
 690 *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 691 *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 692 *
 693 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 694 *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 695 *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 696 *
 697 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 698 *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 699 *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 700 *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 701 *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 702 *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 703 *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 704 *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 705 *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
 706 *      The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
 707 *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
 708 *      case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
 709 *      flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
 710 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 711 *      backward compatibility
 712 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 713 *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 714 *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
 715 *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 716 *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 717 *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 718 *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 719 *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 720 *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 721 *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
 722 *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 723 *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 724 *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
 725 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 726 *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
 727 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 728 *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 729 *      is used during CSA period.
 730 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 731 *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 732 *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
 733 *      also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
 734 *      wait time.
 735 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
 736 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 737 *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
 738 *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 739 *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 740 *      the frame.
 741 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 742 *      backward compatibility.
 743 *
 744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 745 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 746 *
 747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 748 *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 749 *      levels.
 750 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 751 *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 752 *      reached.
 753 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 754 *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 755 *      (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
 756 *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 757 *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 758 *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 759 *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 760 *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 761 *      precedence when they are used.
 762 *
 763 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
 764 *      (no longer supported).
 765 *
 766 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 767 *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 768 *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 769 *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 770 *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 771 *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 772 *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 773 *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 774 *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 775 *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 776 *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 777 *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 778 *      command, the feature is disabled.
 779 *
 780 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 781 *      mesh config parameters may be given.
 782 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 783 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 784 *
 785 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 786 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 787 *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 788 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 789 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 790 *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 791 *
 792 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 793 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 794 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
 795 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 796 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 797 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 798 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 799 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
 800 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 801 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 802 *      depending on the authentication result.
 803 *
 804 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 806 *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 807 *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 808 *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 809 *      more background information, see
 810 *      https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
 811 *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 812 *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 813 *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 814 *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 815 *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 816 *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
 817 *
 818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 819 *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 820 *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 821 *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 822 *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 823 *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 824 *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 825 *
 826 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 827 *      of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 828 *
 829 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
 830 *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 831 *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 832 *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 833 *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 834 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 835 *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
 836 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 837 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 838 *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 839 *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 840 *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 841 *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 842 *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 843 *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
 844 *
 845 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 846 *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 847 *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 848 *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 849 *      is received.
 850 *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 851 *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
 852 *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
 853 *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 854 *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 855 *
 856 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 857 *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 858 *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 859 *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
 860 *
 861 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 862 *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 863 *      acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 864 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 865 *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 866 *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 867 *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 868 *
 869 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 870 *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 871 *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 872 *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 873 *
 874 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 875 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 876 *
 877 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 878 *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
 879 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
 880 *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 881 *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 882 *      from the remote AP) is completed;
 883 *
 884 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 885 *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 886 *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 887 *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 888 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 889 *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 890 *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 891 *      interfaces to change channel as well.
 892 *
 893 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 894 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 895 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 896 *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 897 *      public action frame TX.
 898 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 899 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 900 *
 901 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 902 *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 903 *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 904 *      is used for this.
 905 *
 906 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 907 *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
 908 *
 909 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 910 *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 911 *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 912 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 913 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 914 *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 915 *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 916 *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 917 *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 918 *
 919 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 920 *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 921 *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 922 *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 923 *      while operating on this channel.
 924 *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 925 *      event.
 926 *
 927 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 928 *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 929 *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 930 *
 931 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 932 *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
 933 *
 934 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 935 *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 936 *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 937 *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 938 *
 939 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 940 *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 941 *      complete.
 942 *
 943 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 944 *      return back to normal.
 945 *
 946 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 947 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 948 *
 949 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 950 *      new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 951 *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 952 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 953 *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 954 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 955 *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 956 *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 957 *      switch is complete.
 958 *
 959 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 960 *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 961 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 962 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 963 *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 964 *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 965 *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 966 *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 967 *
 968 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 969 *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 970 *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 971 *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 972 *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 973 *
 974 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
 975 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
 976 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
 977 *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
 978 *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
 979 *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
 980 *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
 981 *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
 982 *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
 983 *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
 984 *      fail even if the check was successful.
 985 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
 986 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
 987 *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
 988 *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
 989 *
 990 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
 991 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 992 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 993 *
 994 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
 995 *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
 996 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
 997 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 998 *
 999 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1000 *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1001 *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1002 *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1003 *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1004 *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1005 *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1006 *      AP.
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1008 *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1009 *      when this command completes.
1010 *
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1012 *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1013 *      management.
1014 *
1015 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1016 *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1017 *      cfg80211_scan_done().
1018 *
1019 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1020 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1021 *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1022 *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1023 *      cluster. This command must have a valid
1024 *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1025 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1026 *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1027 *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1028 *      added.
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1030 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1032 *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1033 *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1034 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1035 *      of the function upon success.
1036 *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1037 *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1038 *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1039 *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1040 *      which just terminated.
1041 *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1042 *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1043 *      the response to this command.
1044 *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1046 *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1047 *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1048 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1049 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1050 *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1051 *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1052 *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1053 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1054 *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1055 *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1056 *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1058 *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1059 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1060 *
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1062 *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1063 *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1064 *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1065 *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1066 *
1067 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1068 *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1069 *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1070 *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1072 *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1073 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1074 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1075 *      completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1076 *      should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1077 *      %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1078 *      should be indicated instead.
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1080 *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1081 *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1082 *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1083 *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1084 *      802.11 headers.
1085 *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1086 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1087 *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1088 *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1089 *
1090 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1091 *
1092 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1093 *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1094 *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1095 *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1096 *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1097 *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1098 *
1099 *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1100 *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1101 *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1102 *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1103 *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1104 *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1105 *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1106 *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1107 *      command interface.
1108 *
1109 *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1110 *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1111 *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1112 *
1113 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1114 *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1115 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1116 *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1119 *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1120 *
1121 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1122 *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1123 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1124 *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1125 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1126 *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1127 *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1128 *      the netlink extended ack message.
1129 *
1130 *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1131 *
1132 *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1133 *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1134 *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1135 *      buffer size.
1136 *
1137 *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1138 *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1140 *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1141 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1142 *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1143 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1144 *
1145 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1146 *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1147 *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1148 *      determining the width and type.
1149 *
1150 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1151 *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1152 *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1153 *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1154 *
1155 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1156 *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1157 *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1158 *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1159 *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1160 *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1161 *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1162 *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1163 *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1164 *      rate selection.
1165 *
1166 *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1167 *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1168 *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1169 *
1170 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1171 *      is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1172 *
1173 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1174 *      frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1175 *      dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1176 *      protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1177 *
1178 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1179 *      port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1180 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1181 *      includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1182 *      if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1183 *
1184 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1185 *      passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1186 *      specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1187 *
1188 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1189 *      mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1190 *
1191 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1192 *      userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1193 *
1194 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1195 *      started
1196 *
1197 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1198 *      been aborted
1199 *
1200 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1201 *      has completed
1202 *
1203 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1204 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1205 */
1206enum nl80211_commands {
1207/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1208        NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1209
1210        NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1211        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1212        NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1213        NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1214
1215        NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1216        NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1217        NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1218        NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1219
1220        NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1221        NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1222        NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1223        NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1224
1225        NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1226        NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1227        NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1228        NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1229        NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1230        NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1231
1232        NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1233        NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1234        NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1235        NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1236
1237        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1238        NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1239        NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1240        NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1241
1242        NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1243
1244        NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1245        NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1246
1247        NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1248        NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1249
1250        NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1251
1252        NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1253
1254        NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1255        NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1256        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1257        NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1258
1259        NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1260
1261        NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1262        NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1263        NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1264        NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1265
1266        NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1267
1268        NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1269
1270        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1271        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1272
1273        NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1274
1275        NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1276        NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1277        NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1278
1279        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1280
1281        NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1282        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1283
1284        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1285        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1286        NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1287
1288        NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1289        NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1290
1291        NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1292
1293        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1294        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1295        NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1296        NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1297        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1298        NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1299
1300        NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1301        NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1302
1303        NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1304        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1305
1306        NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1307        NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1308
1309        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1310
1311        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1312        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1313
1314        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1315        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1316
1317        NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1318
1319        NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1320        NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1321
1322        NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1323        NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1324        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1325        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1326
1327        NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1328
1329        NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1330
1331        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1332        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1333
1334        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1335
1336        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1337
1338        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1339
1340        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1341
1342        NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1343
1344        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1345
1346        NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1347        NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1348
1349        NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1350
1351        NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1352
1353        NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1354
1355        NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1356
1357        NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1358
1359        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1360        NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1361
1362        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1363        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1364
1365        NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1366        NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1367
1368        NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1369
1370        NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1371
1372        NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1373
1374        NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1375        NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1376
1377        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1378
1379        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1380        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1381
1382        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1383
1384        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1385        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1386
1387        NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1388
1389        NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1390
1391        NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1392        NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1393        NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1394        NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1395        NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1396        NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1397
1398        NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1399
1400        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1401
1402        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1403        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1404
1405        NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1406
1407        NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1408
1409        NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1410
1411        NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1412
1413        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1414
1415        NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1416
1417        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1418        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1419        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1420
1421        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1422
1423        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1424
1425        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1426
1427        NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1428
1429        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1430
1431        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1432
1433        NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1434
1435        NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1436
1437        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1438
1439        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1440        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1441        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1442
1443        /* add new commands above here */
1444
1445        /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1446        __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1447        NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1448};
1449
1450/*
1451 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1452 * here
1453 */
1454#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1455#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1456#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1457#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1458#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1459#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1460#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1461#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1462
1463#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1464
1465/* source-level API compatibility */
1466#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1467#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1468#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1469
1470/**
1471 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1472 *
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1474 *
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1476 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1480 *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1481 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1482 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1483 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1485 *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1486 *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1488 *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1489 *      operating channel center frequency.
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1491 *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1493 *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1494 *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1495 *              this attribute)
1496 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1497 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1498 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1499 *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1501 *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1502 *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1504 *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1505 *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1507 *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1508 *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1510 *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1511 *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1513 *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1514 *
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1518 *
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1520 *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1521 *
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1523 *
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1525 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1526 *      keys
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1529 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1531 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1534 *      default management key
1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1536 *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1538 *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1539 *
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1547 *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1549 *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1551 *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1552 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1554 *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1556 *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1557 *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1560 *      consisting of a nested array.
1561 *
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1564 *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1567 *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1568 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1569 *
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1571 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1572 *
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1574 *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1575 *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1576 *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1577 *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1578 *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1579 *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1580 *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1581 *      to a specific alpha2.
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1583 *      rules.
1584 *
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1587 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1589 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1591 *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1592 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1593 *
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1595 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1596 *
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1598 *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1599 *      of the interface mode.
1600 *
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1602 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1603 *
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1605 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1606 *
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1608 *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1610 *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1612 *      that can be added to a scan request
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1614 *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1616 *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1617 *
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1620 *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1622 *
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1624 *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1626 *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1627 *
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1629 *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1630 *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1633 *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1634 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1637 *      represented as a u32
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1639 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1640 *
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1642 *      a u32
1643 *
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1645 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1646 *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1647 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1648 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1650 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1651 *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1652 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1653 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1654 *
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1656 *      cipher suites
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1659 *      for other networks on different channels
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1662 *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1663 *
1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1665 *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1666 *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1667 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1668 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1669 *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1670 *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1671 *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1672 *
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1674 *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1675 *
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1677 *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1678 *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1679 *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1680 *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1681 *      default in station mode.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1683 *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1684 *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1685 *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1686 *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1687 *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1689 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1690 *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1692 *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1693 *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1694 *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1695 *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1696 *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1697 *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1698 *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1699 *      flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1700 *      frames are not forwared over the control port.
1701 *
1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1703 *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1704 *
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1706 *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1707 *      a local disconnect request.
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1709 *      event (u16)
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1711 *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1712 *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1715 *      to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1716 *      (an array of u32).
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1718 *      indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1719 *      u32).
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1721 *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1722 *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1724 *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1725 *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1726 *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1727 *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1728 *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1729 *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1730 *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1731 *
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1733 *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1735 *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1736 *
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1738 *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1739 *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1740 *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1741 *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1742 *
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1744 *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1746 *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1747 *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1748 *
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1752 *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1753 *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1754 *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1755 *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1756 *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1757 *      completely from scratch.
1758 *
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1762 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1763 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1767 *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1768 *
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1771 *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1772 *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1777 *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1778 *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1779 *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1780 *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1781 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1782 *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1783 *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1784 *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1785 *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1786 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1787 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1788 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1789 *
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1791 *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1793 *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1795 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1796 *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1797 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1799 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1800 *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1803 *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1806 *
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1808 *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1811 *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1812 *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1813 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1814 *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1815 *
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1817 *      connected to this BSS.
1818 *
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1820 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1822 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1823 *      for non-automatic settings.
1824 *
1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1826 *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1827 *
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1829 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1830 *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1831 *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1832 *
1833 *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1834 *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1835 *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1836 *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1837 *      a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1838 *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1839 *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1840 *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1841 *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1842 *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1845 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1846 *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1847 *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1848 *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1851 *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1854 *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1857 *
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1859 *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1860 *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1861 *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1862 *      nl80211 capability flag.
1863 *
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1867 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1868 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1869 *
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1871 *      changed once the mesh is active.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1873 *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1875 *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1876 *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1878 *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1879 *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1880 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1883 *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1885 *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1886 *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1887 *      triggers.
1888 *
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1890 *      cycles, in msecs.
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1893 *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1894 *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1895 *      pass-thru filter rules.
1896 *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1897 *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1898 *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1899 *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1900 *      able to ignore them by itself.
1901 *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1902 *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1903 *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1904 *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1905 *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1906 *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1907 *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1908 *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
1909 *
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1911 *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1912 *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1914 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1915 *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1916 *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1919 *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1922 *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1923 *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1924 *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1927 *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1928 *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1931 *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1932 *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1933 *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1935 *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1936 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1937 *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1938 *      (Re)Association Request frames.
1939 *
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1941 *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1943 *      as AP.
1944 *
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1946 *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1949 *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1950 *
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1952 *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1953 *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1954 *      applications use this attribute.
1955 *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1956 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1957 *
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1959 *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1960 *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1962 *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1964 *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1966 *      as a TDLS peer sta.
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1968 *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1969 *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1970 *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1971 *
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1973 *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1974 *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1975 *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1976 *
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1978 *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1979 *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1980 *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1983 *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1985 *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
1986 *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1987 *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1988 *
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1990 *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1991 *      to be filled by the FW.
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1993 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1994 *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
1996 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1997 *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
1999 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2000 *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2002 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2003 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2004 *      The values that may be configured are:
2005 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2006 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2007 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2008 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2009 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2012 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2013 *    to one DFS region.
2014 *
2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2016 *      up to 16 TIDs.
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2019 *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2020 *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2021 *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2022 *      capability to timeout the stations.
2023 *
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2025 *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2026 *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2027 *
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2029 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2032 *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2033 *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2034 *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2035 *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2036 *
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2038 *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2039 *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2040 *
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2042 *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2043 *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2044 *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2045 *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2046 *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2047 *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2048 *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2049 *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2050 *      consistent.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2053 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2054 *
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2058 *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2060 *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2061 *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2062 *      no change is made.
2063 *
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2065 *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2066 *
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2068 *      carried in a u32 attribute
2069 *
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2071 *      MAC ACL.
2072 *
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2074 *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2075 *      ACL.
2076 *
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2078 *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2079 *
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2081 *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2082 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2084 *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2087 *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2088 *
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2090 *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2091 *      and PU-APSD.
2092 *
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2094 *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2095 *
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2097 *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2098 *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
2099 *
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2101 *
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2103 *      Element
2104 *
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2106 *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2108 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2109 *
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2111 *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2112 *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2113 *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2114 *
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2116 *
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2118 *      until the channel switch event.
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2120 *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2121 *      operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2122 *      was requested by the AP.
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2124 *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2126 *      switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2128 *      switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2131 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2132 *
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2134 *
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2136 *      operating classes.
2137 *
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2139 *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2140 *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2141 *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2142 *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2143 *      IBSS network.
2144 *
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2146 *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2148 *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2149 *
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2151 *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2152 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2153 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2154 *      u8 attribute.
2155 *
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2157 *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2160 *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2162 *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2163 *
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2165 *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2166 *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2167 *
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2170 *
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2172 *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2173 *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2174 *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2175 *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2176 *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2177 *
2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2179 *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2181 *      supported number of csa counters.
2182 *
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2184 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2185 *
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2187 *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2188 *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2189 *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2190 *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2191 *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2192 *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2193 *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2194 *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2195 *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2196 *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2197 *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2198 *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2199 *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2200 *      multicast group.
2201 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2202 *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2203 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2204 *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2205 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2206 *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2207 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2208 *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2209 *
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2211 *      the TDLS link initiator.
2212 *
2213 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2214 *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2215 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2216 *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2217 *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2218 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2219 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2220 *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2221 *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2222 *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2223 *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2224 *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2225 *
2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2227 *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2228 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2229 *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2230 *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2231 *
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2235 *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2236 *
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2238 *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2241 *
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2243 *
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2245 *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2246 *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2247 *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2248 *
2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2250 *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2251 *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2252 *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2253 *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2254 *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2255 *
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2257 *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2258 *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2259 *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2260 *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2261 *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2262 *      over all channels.
2263 *
2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2265 *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2266 *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2267 *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2268
2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2270 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2271 *
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2273 *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2275 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2277 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2279 *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2280 *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2281 *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2282 *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2283 *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2285 *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2286 *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2287 *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2289 *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2290 *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2291 *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2292 *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2293 *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2294 *
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2296 *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2297 *
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2299 *
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2301 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2302 *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2303 *      interface type.
2304 *
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2306 *      groupID for monitor mode.
2307 *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2308 *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2309 *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2310 *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2311 *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2312 *      each group.
2313 *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2314 *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2315 *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2316 *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2317 *      groupID data.
2318 *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2320 *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2321 *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2322 *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2323 *
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2325 *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2326 *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2327 *      attribute must not be included).
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2329 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2331 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2332 *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2333 *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2334 *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2336 *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2337 *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2338 *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2339 *
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2341 *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2342 *
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2344 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2345 *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2346 *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2347 *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2349 *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2350 *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2351 *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2352 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2353 *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2354 *      the device will decide what to use.
2355 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2356 *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2357 *      attribute.
2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2359 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2361 *      protection.
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2363 *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2364 *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2367 *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2368 *
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2370 *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2371 *
2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2373 *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2374 *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2375 *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2376 *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2377 *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2378 *      unnecessary wakeups.
2379 *
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2381 *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2382 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2383 *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2384 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2385 *
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2387 *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2388 *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2389 *
2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2391 *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2392 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2393 *
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2395 *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2396 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2397 *
2398 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2399 *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2400 *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2401 *
2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2403 *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2404 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2405 *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2406 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2407 *
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2409 *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2410 *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2411 *
2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2413 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2414 *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2415 *      PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2416 *      authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2417 *      support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2418 *      is included as well.
2419 *
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2421 *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2423 *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2424 *
2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2426 *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2427 *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2430 *
2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2432 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2433 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2434 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2436 *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2437 *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2438 *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2439 *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2440 *
2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2442 *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2443 *
2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2445 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2447 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2448 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2449 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2450 *      enforced.
2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2452 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2454 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2455 *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2456 *
2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2458 *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2459 *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2460 *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2461 *
2462 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2463 *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2464 *
2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2466 *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2467 *      invalid value.
2468 *
2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2470 *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2471 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2472 *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2473 *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2474 *
2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2476 *      scheduler.
2477 *
2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2479 *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2480 *      possible values.
2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2482 *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2483 *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2484 *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2485 *      or per-station.
2486 *
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2488 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2489 *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2490 *
2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2492 *
2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2494 *      functionality.
2495 *
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2497 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2498 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2499 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2500 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2501 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2502 *
2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2504 *      (u16).
2505 *
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2507 *
2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2509 *      using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2510 *      attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2511 *      supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2512 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2513 *      advertised for a specific interface type.
2514 *
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2516 *      nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2517 *      on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2518 *      attributes.
2519 *
2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2521 *      port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2522 *
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2524 *      dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2525 *      An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2526 *      Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2527 *      configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2528 *      authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2529 *      where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2530 *      authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2531 *      authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2532 *      result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2533 *
2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2535 *      terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2536 *      (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2537 *      parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2538 *      driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2539 *      after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2540 *      has expired.
2541 *
2542 *      Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2543 *      entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2544 *      no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2545 *      disassociation is still forced.
2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2547 *      %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2548 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2549 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2550 *      an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2552 *      first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2553 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2554 *
2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2556 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2557 *
2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2559 *      discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2560 *      &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2561 *
2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2563 *      unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2564 *      &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2565 *
2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2567 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2569 *      override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2570 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2571 *
2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2573 *      derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2574 *      This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2575 *      &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2576 *
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2578 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2579 *      of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2580 *      sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2581 *
2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2583 *      disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2584 *      is desired.
2585 *
2586 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2587 *      %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2588 *
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2590 *      until the color switch event.
2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2592 *      switching to
2593 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2594 *      information for the time while performing a color switch.
2595 *
2596 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2597 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2598 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2599 */
2600enum nl80211_attrs {
2601/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2602        NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2603
2604        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2605        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2606
2607        NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2608        NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2609        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2610
2611        NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2612
2613        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2614        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2615        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2616        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2617        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2618
2619        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2620        NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2621        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2622        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2623
2624        NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2625        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2626        NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2627        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2628        NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2629        NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2630
2631        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2632
2633        NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2634
2635        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2636        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2637        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2638        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2639
2640        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2641        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2642        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2643
2644        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2645
2646        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2647
2648        NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2649        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2650
2651        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2652
2653        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2654
2655        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2656        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2657        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2658
2659        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2660
2661        NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2662        NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2663
2664        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2665
2666        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2667        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2668        NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2669        NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2670
2671        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2672        NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2673
2674        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2675
2676        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2677        NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2678        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2679        NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2680
2681        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2682
2683        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2684        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2685
2686        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2687        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2688
2689        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2690
2691
2692        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2693        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2694        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2695        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2696
2697        NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2698
2699        NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2700
2701        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2702
2703        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2704
2705        NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2706
2707        NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2708
2709        NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2710        NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2711
2712        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2713        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2714        NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2715        NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2716
2717        NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2718        NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2719
2720        NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2721
2722        NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2723        NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2724
2725        NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2726
2727        NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2728
2729        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2730
2731        NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2732        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2733
2734        NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2735
2736        NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2737
2738        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2739
2740        NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2741
2742        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2743
2744        NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2745
2746        NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2747
2748        NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2749
2750        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2751
2752        NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2753
2754        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2755        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2756
2757        NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2758        NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2759        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2760
2761        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2762        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2763
2764        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2765
2766        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2767        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2768
2769        NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2770
2771        NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2772
2773        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2774
2775        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2776
2777        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2778
2779        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2780
2781        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2782        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2783
2784        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2785        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2786
2787        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2788        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2789
2790        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2791
2792        NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2793        NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2794
2795        NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2796
2797        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2798        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2799
2800        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2801
2802        NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2803
2804        NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2805        NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2806
2807        NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2808        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2809
2810        NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2811
2812        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2813        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2814
2815        NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2816
2817        NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2818
2819        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2820        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2821        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2822        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2823        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2824
2825        NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2826
2827        NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2828
2829        NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2830
2831        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2832
2833        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2834
2835        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2836
2837        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2838        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2839
2840        NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2841
2842        NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2843
2844        NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2845
2846        NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2847
2848        NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2849
2850        NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2851
2852        NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2853
2854        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2855
2856        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2857
2858        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2859
2860        NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2861        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2862        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2863
2864        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2865        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2866
2867        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2868
2869        NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2870
2871        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2872
2873        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2874
2875        NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2876
2877        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2878        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2879
2880        NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2881        NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2882
2883        NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2884        NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2885
2886        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2887        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2888
2889        NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2890        NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2891
2892        NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2893        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2894
2895        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2896
2897        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2898
2899        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2900        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2901        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2902        NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2903        NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2904
2905        NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2906
2907        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2908
2909        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2910
2911        NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2912
2913        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2914        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2915
2916        NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2917
2918        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2919        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2920        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2921        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2922
2923        NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2924
2925        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2926        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2927
2928        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2929
2930        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2931
2932        NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2933
2934        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2935        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2936
2937        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2938
2939        NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2940
2941        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2942
2943        NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2944        NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2945        NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2946
2947        NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2948
2949        NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2950
2951        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2952
2953        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2954
2955        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2956
2957        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2958
2959        NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2960
2961        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2962
2963        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2964
2965        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2966        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2967        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2968        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2969
2970        NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2971
2972        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2973
2974        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2975
2976        NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2977
2978        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2979
2980        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2981        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2982
2983        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2984        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2985        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2986        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2987
2988        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2989
2990        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2991        NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2992        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2993        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2994
2995        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2996        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2997
2998        NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2999
3000        NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3001
3002        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3003        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3004
3005        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3006
3007        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3008        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3009        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3010        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3011        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3012
3013        NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3014
3015        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3016        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3017
3018        NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3019        NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3020        NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3021
3022        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3023        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3024
3025        NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3026        NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3027
3028        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3029
3030        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3031        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3032        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3033        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3034
3035        NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3036
3037        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3038
3039        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3040
3041        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3042
3043        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3044
3045        NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3046        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3047        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3048
3049        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3050
3051        NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3052
3053        NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3054
3055        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3056        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3057
3058        NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3059
3060        NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3061
3062        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3063
3064        NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3065
3066        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3067
3068        NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3069        NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3070
3071        NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3072        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3073        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3074        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3075
3076        NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3077
3078        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3079
3080        NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3081
3082        NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3083        NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3084
3085        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3086
3087        NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3088
3089        NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3090
3091        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3092
3093        NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3094
3095        NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3096        NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3097        NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3098
3099        /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3100
3101        __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3102        NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3103        NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3104};
3105
3106/* source-level API compatibility */
3107#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3108#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3109#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3110#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3111#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3112#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3113
3114/*
3115 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3116 * here
3117 */
3118#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3119#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3120#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3121#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3122#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3123#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3124#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3125#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3126#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3127#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3128#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3129#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3130#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3131#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3132#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3133#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3134#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3135#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3136#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3137#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3138#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3139
3140#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
3141
3142#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
3143#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
3144#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
3145#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
3146#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
3147#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
3148#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
3149#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
3150#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3151#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3152#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
3153#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
3154
3155#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
3156
3157/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3158#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
3159
3160#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
3161
3162/**
3163 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3164 *
3165 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3166 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3167 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3168 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3169 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3170 *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3171 *      AP type interface.
3172 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3173 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3174 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3175 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3176 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3177 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3178 *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3179 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3180 *      commands to create and destroy one
3181 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3182 *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3183 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3184 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3185 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3186 *
3187 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3188 * to set the type of an interface.
3189 *
3190 */
3191enum nl80211_iftype {
3192        NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3193        NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3194        NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3195        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3196        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3197        NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3198        NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3199        NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3200        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3201        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3202        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3203        NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3204        NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3205
3206        /* keep last */
3207        NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3208        NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3209};
3210
3211/**
3212 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3213 *
3214 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3215 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3216 *
3217 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3218 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3219 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3220 *      with short barker preamble
3221 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3222 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3223 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3224 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3225 *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3226 *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3227 *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3228 *      as errors.)
3229 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3230 *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3231 *      previously added station into associated state
3232 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3233 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3234 */
3235enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3236        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3237        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3238        NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3239        NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3240        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3241        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3242        NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3243        NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3244
3245        /* keep last */
3246        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3247        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3248};
3249
3250/**
3251 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3252 *
3253 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3254 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3255 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3256 */
3257enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3258        NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3259        NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3260
3261        NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3262};
3263
3264#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3265
3266/**
3267 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3268 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3269 * @set: which values to set them to
3270 *
3271 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3272 */
3273struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3274        __u32 mask;
3275        __u32 set;
3276} __attribute__((packed));
3277
3278/**
3279 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3280 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3281 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3282 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3283 */
3284enum nl80211_he_gi {
3285        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3286        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3287        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3288};
3289
3290/**
3291 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3292 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3293 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3294 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3295 */
3296enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3297        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3298        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3299        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3300};
3301
3302/**
3303 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3304 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3305 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3306 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3307 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3308 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3309 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3310 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3311 */
3312enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3313        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3314        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3315        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3316        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3317        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3318        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3319        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3320};
3321
3322/**
3323 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3324 *
3325 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3326 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3327 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3328 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3329 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3330 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3331 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3332 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3333 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3334 *
3335 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3336 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3337 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3338 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3339 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3340 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3341 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3342 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3343 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3344 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3345 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3346 *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3347 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3348 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3349 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3350 *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3351 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3352 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3353 *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3354 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3355 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3356 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3357 *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3358 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3359 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3360 *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3361 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3362 */
3363enum nl80211_rate_info {
3364        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3365        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3366        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3367        NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3368        NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3369        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3370        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3371        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3372        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3373        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3374        NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3375        NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3376        NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3377        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3378        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3379        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3380        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3381        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3382
3383        /* keep last */
3384        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3385        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3386};
3387
3388/**
3389 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3390 *
3391 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3392 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3393 *
3394 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3395 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3396 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3397 *      (flag)
3398 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3399 *      (flag)
3400 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3401 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3402 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3403 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3404 */
3405enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3406        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3407        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3408        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3409        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3410        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3411        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3412
3413        /* keep last */
3414        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3415        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3416};
3417
3418/**
3419 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3420 *
3421 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3422 * when getting information about a station.
3423 *
3424 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3425 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3426 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3427 *      (u32, from this station)
3428 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3429 *      (u32, to this station)
3430 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3431 *      (u64, from this station)
3432 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3433 *      (u64, to this station)
3434 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3435 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3436 *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3437 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3438 *      (u32, from this station)
3439 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3440 *      (u32, to this station)
3441 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3442 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3443 *      (u32, to this station)
3444 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3445 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3446 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3447 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3448 *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3449 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3450 *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3451 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3452 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3453 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3454 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3455 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3456 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3457 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3458 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3459 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3460 *      non-peer STA
3461 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3462 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3463 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3464 *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3465 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3466 *      802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3467 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3468 *      (u64)
3469 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3470 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3471 *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3472 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3473 *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3474 *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3475 *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3476 *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3477 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3478 *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3479 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3480 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3481 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3482 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3483 *      (u32, from this station)
3484 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3485 *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3486 *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3487 *      might not be fully accurate.
3488 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3489 *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3490 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3491 *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3492 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3493 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3494 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3495 *      of STA's association
3496 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3497 *      authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3498 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3499 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3500 */
3501enum nl80211_sta_info {
3502        __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3503        NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3504        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3505        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3506        NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3507        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3508        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3509        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3510        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3511        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3512        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3513        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3514        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3515        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3516        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3517        NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3518        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3519        NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3520        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3521        NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3522        NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3523        NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3524        NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3525        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3526        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3527        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3528        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3529        NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3530        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3531        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3532        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3533        NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3534        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3535        NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3536        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3537        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3538        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3539        NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3540        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3541        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3542        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3543        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3544        NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3545        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3546
3547        /* keep last */
3548        __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3549        NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3550};
3551
3552/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3553#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3554
3555
3556/**
3557 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3558 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3559 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3560 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3561 *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3562 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3563 *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3564 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3565 *      MSDUs (u64)
3566 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3567 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3568 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3569 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3570 */
3571enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3572        __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3573        NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3574        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3575        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3576        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3577        NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3578        NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3579
3580        /* keep last */
3581        NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3582        NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3583};
3584
3585/**
3586 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3587 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3588 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3589 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3590 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3591 *      backlogged
3592 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3593 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3594 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3595 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3596 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3597 *      (only for per-phy stats)
3598 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3599 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3600 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3601 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3602 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3603 */
3604enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3605        __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3606        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3607        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3608        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3609        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3610        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3611        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3612        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3613        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3614        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3615        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3616        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3617
3618        /* keep last */
3619        NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3620        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3621};
3622
3623/**
3624 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3625 *
3626 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3627 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3628 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3629 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3630 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3631 */
3632enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3633        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
3634        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
3635        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
3636        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
3637        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
3638};
3639
3640/**
3641 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3642 *
3643 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3644 * information about a mesh path.
3645 *
3646 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3647 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3648 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3649 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3650 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3651 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3652 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3653 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3654 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3655 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3656 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3657 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3658 *      currently defined
3659 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3660 */
3661enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3662        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3663        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3664        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3665        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3666        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3667        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3668        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3669        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3670        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3671        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3672
3673        /* keep last */
3674        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3675        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3676};
3677
3678/**
3679 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3680 *
3681 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3682 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3683 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3684 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3685 *     capabilities IE
3686 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3687 *     capabilities IE
3688 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3689 *     capabilities IE
3690 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3691 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3692 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3693 *     defined
3694 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3695 *      given for all 6 GHz band channels
3696 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3697 *      advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3698 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3699 */
3700enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3701        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3702
3703        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3704        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3705        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3706        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3707        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3708        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3709        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3710
3711        /* keep last */
3712        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3713        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3714};
3715
3716/**
3717 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3718 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3719 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3720 *      an array of nested frequency attributes
3721 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3722 *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
3723 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3724 *      defined in 802.11n
3725 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3726 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3727 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3728 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3729 *      defined in 802.11ac
3730 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3731 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3732 *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3733 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3734 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3735 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3736 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3737 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3738 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3739 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3740 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3741 */
3742enum nl80211_band_attr {
3743        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3744        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3745        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3746
3747        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3748        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3749        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3750        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3751
3752        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3753        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3754        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3755
3756        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3757        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3758
3759        /* keep last */
3760        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3761        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3762};
3763
3764#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3765
3766/**
3767 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3768 *
3769 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3770 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3771 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3772 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3773 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3774 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3775 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3776 */
3777enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3778        __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3779        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3780        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3781        NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3782        NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3783
3784        /* keep last */
3785        __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3786        NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3787};
3788
3789/**
3790 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3791 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3792 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3793 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3794 *      regulatory domain.
3795 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3796 *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3797 *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3798 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3799 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3800 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3801 *      (100 * dBm).
3802 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3803 *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3804 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3805 *      this channel is in this DFS state.
3806 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3807 *      channel as the control channel
3808 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3809 *      channel as the control channel
3810 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3811 *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3812 *      this includes 80+80 channels
3813 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3814 *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3815 *      isn't possible
3816 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3817 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3818 *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3819 *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3820 *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3821 *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3822 *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3823 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3824 *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3825 *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3826 *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3827 *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3828 *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3829 *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3830 *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3831 *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3832 *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3833 *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3834 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3835 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3836 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3837 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3838 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3839 *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3840 *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3841 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3842 *      in current regulatory domain.
3843 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3844 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3845 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3846 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3847 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3848 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3849 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3850 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3851 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3852 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3853 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3854 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3855 *      currently defined
3856 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3857 *
3858 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3859 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3860 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3861 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3862 */
3863enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3864        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3865        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3866        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3867        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3868        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3869        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3870        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3871        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3872        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3873        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3874        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3875        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3876        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3877        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3878        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3879        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3880        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3881        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3882        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3883        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3884        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3885        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3886        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3887        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3888        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3889        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3890
3891        /* keep last */
3892        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3893        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3894};
3895
3896#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3897#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3898#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3899#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3900#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3901                                        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3902
3903/**
3904 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3905 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3906 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3907 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3908 *      in 2.4 GHz band.
3909 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3910 *      currently defined
3911 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3912 */
3913enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3914        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3915        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3916        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3917
3918        /* keep last */
3919        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3920        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3921};
3922
3923/**
3924 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3925 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3926 *      regulatory domain.
3927 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3928 *      regulatory domain.
3929 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3930 *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3931 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3932 *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3933 *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3934 *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3935 *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3936 *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3937 *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3938 */
3939enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3940        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3941        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3942        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3943        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3944};
3945
3946/**
3947 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3948 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3949 *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3950 *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3951 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3952 *      domain.
3953 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3954 *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3955 *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3956 *      them to be applied.
3957 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3958 *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3959 *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3960 *      domain request to be processed.
3961 */
3962enum nl80211_reg_type {
3963        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3964        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3965        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3966        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3967};
3968
3969/**
3970 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3971 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3972 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3973 *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3974 *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3975 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3976 *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3977 *      band edge.
3978 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3979 *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3980 *      band edge.
3981 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3982 *      frequency range, in KHz.
3983 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3984 *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3985 *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
3986 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3987 *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3988 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3989 *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3990 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3991 *      currently defined
3992 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3993 */
3994enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3995        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3996        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3997
3998        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3999        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4000        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4001
4002        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4003        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4004
4005        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4006
4007        /* keep last */
4008        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4009        NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4010};
4011
4012/**
4013 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4014 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4015 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4016 *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
4017 *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4018 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4019 *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4020 *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4021 *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4022 *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4023 *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4024 *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4025 *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4026 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4027 *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4028 *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
4029 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4030 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4031 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4032 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4033 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4034 *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4035 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4036 *      band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4037 *      enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4038 *      band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4039 *      of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4040 *      minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4041 *      within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4042 *      attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4043 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4044 *      attribute number currently defined
4045 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4046 */
4047enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4048        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4049
4050        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4051        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4052        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4053        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4054        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4055        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4056
4057        /* keep last */
4058        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4059        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4060                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4061};
4062
4063/* only for backward compatibility */
4064#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4065
4066/**
4067 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4068 *
4069 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4070 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4071 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4072 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4073 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4074 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4075 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4076 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4077 *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4078 *      beaconing.
4079 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4080 *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4081 *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4082 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4083 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4084 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4085 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4086 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4087 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4088 */
4089enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4090        NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
4091        NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
4092        NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
4093        NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
4094        NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
4095        NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
4096        NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
4097        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
4098        __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
4099        NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
4100        NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
4101        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
4102        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
4103        NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
4104        NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
4105        NL80211_RRF_NO_HE               = 1<<17,
4106};
4107
4108#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4109#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4110#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4111#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4112                                         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4113#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4114
4115/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4116#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4117
4118/**
4119 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4120 *
4121 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4122 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4123 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4124 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4125 */
4126enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4127        NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
4128        NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
4129        NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
4130        NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
4131};
4132
4133/**
4134 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4135 *
4136 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4137 *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
4138 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4139 *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4140 *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4141 *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4142 *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4143 *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4144 *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
4145 *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4146 *      supported feature.
4147 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4148 *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4149 */
4150enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4151        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
4152        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4153        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4154};
4155
4156/**
4157 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4158 *
4159 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4160 * when getting information about a survey.
4161 *
4162 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4163 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4164 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4165 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4166 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4167 *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
4168 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4169 *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4170 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4171 *      channel was sensed busy
4172 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4173 *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
4174 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4175 *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4176 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4177 *      (on this channel or globally)
4178 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4179 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4180 *      receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4181 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4182 *      currently defined
4183 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4184 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4185 */
4186enum nl80211_survey_info {
4187        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4188        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4189        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4190        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4191        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4192        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4193        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4194        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4195        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4196        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4197        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4198        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4199        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4200
4201        /* keep last */
4202        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4203        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4204};
4205
4206/* keep old names for compatibility */
4207#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4208#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4209#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4210#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4211#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4212
4213/**
4214 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4215 *
4216 * Monitor configuration flags.
4217 *
4218 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4219 *
4220 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4221 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4222 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4223 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4224 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4225 *      overrides all other flags.
4226 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4227 *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4228 *
4229 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4230 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4231 */
4232enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4233        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4234        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4235        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4236        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4237        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4238        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4239        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4240
4241        /* keep last */
4242        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4243        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4244};
4245
4246/**
4247 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4248 *
4249 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4250 *      not known or has not been set yet.
4251 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4252 *      in Awake state all the time.
4253 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4254 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4255 *      neighbor's beacons.
4256 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4257 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4258 *      for neighbor's beacons.
4259 *
4260 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4261 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4262 */
4263
4264enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4265        NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4266        NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4267        NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4268        NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4269
4270        __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4271        NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4272};
4273
4274/**
4275 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4276 *
4277 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4278 * active.
4279 *
4280 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4281 *
4282 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4283 *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4284 *
4285 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4286 *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4287 *
4288 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4289 *      millisecond units
4290 *
4291 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4292 *      on this mesh interface
4293 *
4294 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4295 *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4296 *      mesh
4297 *
4298 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4299 *      point.
4300 *
4301 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4302 *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4303 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4304 *      set.
4305 *
4306 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4307 *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4308 *      target)
4309 *
4310 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4311 *      (in milliseconds)
4312 *
4313 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4314 *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4315 *
4316 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4317 *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4318 *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4319 *
4320 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4321 *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4322 *      reference element
4323 *
4324 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4325 *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4326 *      mesh
4327 *
4328 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4329 *
4330 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4331 *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
4332 *
4333 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4334 *      root announcements are transmitted.
4335 *
4336 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4337 *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4338 *      Announcement frames.
4339 *
4340 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4341 *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4342 *      PERR element.
4343 *
4344 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4345 *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4346 *
4347 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4348 *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4349 *      a peer link.
4350 *
4351 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4352 *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4353 *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4354 *
4355 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4356 *
4357 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4358 *
4359 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4360 *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4361 *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4362 *
4363 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4364 *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4365 *
4366 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4367 *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4368 *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4369 *
4370 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4371 *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4372 *
4373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4374 *
4375 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4376 *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4377 *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4378 *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4379 *
4380 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4381 *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4382 *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4383 *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4384 *
4385 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4386 *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4387 *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4388 *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4389 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4390 *
4391 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4392 *      will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4393 *      in the mesh formation field.
4394 *
4395 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4396 */
4397enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4398        __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4399        NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4400        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4401        NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4402        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4403        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4404        NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4405        NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4406        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4407        NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4408        NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4409        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4410        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4411        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4412        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4413        NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4414        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4415        NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4416        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4417        NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4418        NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4419        NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4420        NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4421        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4422        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4423        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4424        NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4425        NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4426        NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4427        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4428        NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4429        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4430
4431        /* keep last */
4432        __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4433        NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4434};
4435
4436/**
4437 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4438 *
4439 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4440 * changed while the mesh is active.
4441 *
4442 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4443 *
4444 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4445 *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4446 *      default HWMP.
4447 *
4448 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4449 *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4450 *      metric.
4451 *
4452 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4453 *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4454 *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4455 *      metrics in use.
4456 *
4457 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4458 *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4459 *
4460 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4461 *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4462 *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4463 *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4464 *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4465 *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4466 *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4467 *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4468 *      userspace daemon.
4469 *
4470 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4471 *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4472 *      neighbor offset synchronization
4473 *
4474 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4475 *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4476 *
4477 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4478 *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4479 *      Default is no authentication method required.
4480 *
4481 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4482 *
4483 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4484 */
4485enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4486        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4487        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4488        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4489        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4490        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4491        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4492        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4493        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4494        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4495
4496        /* keep last */
4497        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4498        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4499};
4500
4501/**
4502 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4503 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4504 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4505 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4506 *      disabled
4507 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4508 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4509 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4510 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4511 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4512 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4513 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4514 */
4515enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4516        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4517        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4518        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4519        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4520        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4521        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4522
4523        /* keep last */
4524        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4525        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4526};
4527
4528enum nl80211_ac {
4529        NL80211_AC_VO,
4530        NL80211_AC_VI,
4531        NL80211_AC_BE,
4532        NL80211_AC_BK,
4533        NL80211_NUM_ACS
4534};
4535
4536/* backward compat */
4537#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4538#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
4539#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
4540#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
4541#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
4542
4543/**
4544 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4545 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4546 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4547 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4548 *      below the control channel
4549 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4550 *      above the control channel
4551 */
4552enum nl80211_channel_type {
4553        NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4554        NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4555        NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4556        NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4557};
4558
4559/**
4560 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4561 *
4562 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4563 *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4564 *
4565 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4566 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4567 *
4568 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4569 *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4570 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4571 *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4572 *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
4573 */
4574enum nl80211_key_mode {
4575        NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4576        NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4577        NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4578};
4579
4580/**
4581 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4582 *
4583 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4584 * attribute.
4585 *
4586 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4587 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4588 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4589 *      attribute must be provided as well
4590 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4591 *      attribute must be provided as well
4592 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4593 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4594 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4595 *      attribute must be provided as well
4596 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4597 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4598 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4599 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4600 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4601 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4602 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4603 */
4604enum nl80211_chan_width {
4605        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4606        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4607        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4608        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4609        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4610        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4611        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4612        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4613        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4614        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4615        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4616        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4617        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4618};
4619
4620/**
4621 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4622 *
4623 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4624 *
4625 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4626 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4627 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4628 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4629 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4630 */
4631enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4632        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4633        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4634        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4635        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4636        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4637};
4638
4639/**
4640 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4641 *
4642 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4643 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4644 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4645 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4646 *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4647 *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4648 *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4649 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4650 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4651 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4652 *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4653 *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4654 *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4655 *      they are from a Beacon frame.
4656 *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4657 *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4658 *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4659 *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4660 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4661 *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4662 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4663 *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4664 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4665 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4666 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4667 *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4668 *      yet been received
4669 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4670 *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4671 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4672 *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4673 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4674 *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4675 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4676 *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4677 *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4678 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4679 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4680 *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4681 *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4682 *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4683 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4684 *      is set.
4685 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4686 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4687 *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4688 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4689 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4690 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4691 */
4692enum nl80211_bss {
4693        __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4694        NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4695        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4696        NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4697        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4698        NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4699        NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4700        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4701        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4702        NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4703        NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4704        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4705        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4706        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4707        NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4708        NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4709        NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4710        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4711        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4712        NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4713        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4714
4715        /* keep last */
4716        __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4717        NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4718};
4719
4720/**
4721 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4722 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4723 *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4724 *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4725 *      a given BSS.
4726 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4727 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4728 *
4729 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4730 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4731 */
4732enum nl80211_bss_status {
4733        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4734        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4735        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4736};
4737
4738/**
4739 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4740 *
4741 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4742 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4743 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4744 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4745 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4746 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4747 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4748 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4749 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4750 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4751 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4752 *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4753 *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4754 */
4755enum nl80211_auth_type {
4756        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4757        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4758        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4759        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4760        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4761        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4762        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4763        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4764
4765        /* keep last */
4766        __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4767        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4768        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4769};
4770
4771/**
4772 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4773 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4774 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4775 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4776 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4777 */
4778enum nl80211_key_type {
4779        NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4780        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4781        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4782
4783        NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4784};
4785
4786/**
4787 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4788 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4789 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4790 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4791 */
4792enum nl80211_mfp {
4793        NL80211_MFP_NO,
4794        NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4795        NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4796};
4797
4798enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4799        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4800        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4801        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4802};
4803
4804/**
4805 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4806 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4807 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4808 *      unicast key
4809 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4810 *      multicast key
4811 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4812 */
4813enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4814        __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4815        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4816        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4817
4818        NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4819};
4820
4821/**
4822 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4823 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4824 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4825 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4826 *      keys
4827 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4828 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4829 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4830 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4831 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4832 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4833 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4834 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4835 *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4836 *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4837 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4838 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4839 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4840 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4841 *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4842 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4843 *
4844 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4845 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4846 */
4847enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4848        __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4849        NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4850        NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4851        NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4852        NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4853        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4854        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4855        NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4856        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4857        NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4858        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4859
4860        /* keep last */
4861        __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4862        NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4863};
4864
4865/**
4866 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4867 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4868 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4869 *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4870 *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4871 *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4872 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4873 *      in an array of MCS numbers.
4874 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4875 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4876 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4877 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4878 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4879 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4880 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4881 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4882 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4883 */
4884enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4885        __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4886        NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4887        NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4888        NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4889        NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4890        NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4891        NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4892        NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4893
4894        /* keep last */
4895        __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4896        NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4897};
4898
4899#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4900#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
4901
4902/**
4903 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4904 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4905 */
4906struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4907        __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4908};
4909
4910#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX              8
4911/**
4912 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4913 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4914 */
4915struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4916        __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4917};
4918
4919enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4920        NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4921        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4922        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4923};
4924
4925/**
4926 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4927 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4928 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4929 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4930 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4931 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4932 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4933 *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4934 */
4935enum nl80211_band {
4936        NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4937        NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4938        NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4939        NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4940        NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
4941
4942        NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4943};
4944
4945/**
4946 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4947 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4948 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4949 */
4950enum nl80211_ps_state {
4951        NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4952        NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4953};
4954
4955/**
4956 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4957 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4958 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4959 *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4960 *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4961 *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4962 *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4963 *      crosses any of the thresholds.
4964 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4965 *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4966 *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4967 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4968 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4969 *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4970 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4971 *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4972 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4973 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4974 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4975 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4976 *      checked.
4977 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4978 *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4979 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4980 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4981 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4982 *      loss event
4983 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4984 *      RSSI threshold event.
4985 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4986 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4987 */
4988enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4989        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4990        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4991        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4992        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4993        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4994        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4995        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4996        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4997        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4998        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4999
5000        /* keep last */
5001        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5002        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5003};
5004
5005/**
5006 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5007 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5008 *      configured threshold
5009 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5010 *      configured threshold
5011 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5012 */
5013enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5014        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5015        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5016        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5017};
5018
5019
5020/**
5021 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5022 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5023 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5024 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5025 */
5026enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5027        NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5028        NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5029        NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5030};
5031
5032/**
5033 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5034 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5035 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5036 */
5037enum nl80211_tid_config {
5038        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5039        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5040};
5041
5042/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5043 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5044 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5045 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5046 */
5047enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5048        NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5049        NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5050        NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5051};
5052
5053/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5054 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5055 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5056 *      for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5057 *      (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5058 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5059 *      per peer instead.
5060 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5061 *      that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5062 *      configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5063 *      should be left untouched.
5064 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5065 *      Its type is u16.
5066 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5067 *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5068 *      Its type is u8.
5069 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5070 *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5071 *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5072 *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5073 *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5074 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5075 *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5076 *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5077 *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5078 *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5079 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5080 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5081 *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5082 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5083 *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5084 *      the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5085 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5086 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5087 *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5088 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5089 *      to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5090 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5091 *      the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5092 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5093 *      with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5094 *      configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5095 *      station.
5096 */
5097enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5098        __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5099        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5100        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5101        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5102        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5103        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5104        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5105        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5106        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5107        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5108        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5109        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5110        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5111        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5112
5113        /* keep last */
5114        __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5115        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5116};
5117
5118/**
5119 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5120 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5121 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5122 *      a zero bit are ignored
5123 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5124 *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5125 *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5126 *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5127 *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5128 *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5129 *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5130 *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5131 *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5132 *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5133 *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5134 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5135 *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5136 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5137 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5138 */
5139enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5140        __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5141        NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5142        NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5143        NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5144
5145        NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5146        MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5147};
5148
5149/**
5150 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5151 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5152 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5153 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5154 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5155 *
5156 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5157 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5158 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5159 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5160 * by the kernel to userspace.
5161 */
5162struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5163        __u32 max_patterns;
5164        __u32 min_pattern_len;
5165        __u32 max_pattern_len;
5166        __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5167} __attribute__((packed));
5168
5169/* only for backward compatibility */
5170#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5171#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5172#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5173#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5174#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5175#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5176#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5177
5178/**
5179 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5180 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5181 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5182 *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5183 *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
5184 *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5185 *      any others are even supported by the device.
5186 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5187 *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5188 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5189 *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5190 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5191 *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5192 *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5193 *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5194 *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5195 *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5196 *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5197 *
5198 *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5199 *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5200 *
5201 *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5202 *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5203 *      to the kernel when configuring.
5204 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5205 *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5206 *      by the device (flag)
5207 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5208 *      done by the device) (flag)
5209 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5210 *      packet (flag)
5211 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5212 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5213 *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5214 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5215 *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5216 *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5217 *      attribute contains the original length.
5218 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5219 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5220 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5221 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5222 *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5223 *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5224 *      contains the original length.
5225 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5226 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5227 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5228 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5229 *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5230 *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5231 *      the TCP connection.
5232 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5233 *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5234 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5235 *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5236 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5237 *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5238 *      service
5239 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5240 *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5241 *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5242 *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5243 *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5244 *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5245 *      attribute is also sent in a response to
5246 *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5247 *      supported by the driver (u32).
5248 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5249 *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
5250 *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5251 *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
5252 *      element is present, it means that more than one match
5253 *      occurred.
5254 *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5255 *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5256 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5257 *      these attributes must be present.  If
5258 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5259 *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5260 *      channel.
5261 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5262 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5263 *
5264 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5265 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5266 */
5267enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5268        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5269        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5270        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5271        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5272        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5273        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5274        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5275        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5276        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5277        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5278        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5279        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5280        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5281        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5282        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5283        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5284        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5285        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5286        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5287        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5288
5289        /* keep last */
5290        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5291        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5292};
5293
5294/**
5295 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5296 *
5297 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5298 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5299 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5300 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5301 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5302 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5303 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5304 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5305 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5306 *
5307 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5308 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5309 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5310 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5311 * also woken up.
5312 *
5313 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5314 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5315 */
5316
5317/**
5318 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5319 * @start: starting value
5320 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5321 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5322 *
5323 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5324 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5325 * in little endian.
5326 */
5327struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5328        __u32 start, offset, len;
5329};
5330
5331/**
5332 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5333 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5334 * @len: length of each token
5335 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5336 *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5337 */
5338struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5339        __u32 offset, len;
5340        __u8 token_stream[];
5341};
5342
5343/**
5344 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5345 * @min_len: minimum token length
5346 * @max_len: maximum token length
5347 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5348 */
5349struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5350        __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5351};
5352
5353/**
5354 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5355 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5357 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5358 *      (in network byte order)
5359 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5360 *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5361 *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5362 *      might require ARP querying.
5363 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5364 *      socket and port will be allocated
5365 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5366 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5367 *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5368 *      of the data payload.
5369 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5370 *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5371 *      advertising it is just a flag
5372 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5373 *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5374 *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5375 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5376 *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
5377 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5378 *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5379 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5380 *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5381 *      but on the TCP payload only.
5382 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5383 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5384 */
5385enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5386        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5387        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5388        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5389        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5390        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5391        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5392        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5393        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5394        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5395        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5396        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5397        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5398
5399        /* keep last */
5400        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5401        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5402};
5403
5404/**
5405 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5406 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5407 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5408 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5409 *
5410 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5411 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5412 */
5413struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5414        __u32 max_rules;
5415        struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5416        __u32 max_delay;
5417} __attribute__((packed));
5418
5419/**
5420 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5421 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5422 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5423 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5424 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5425 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5426 *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5427 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5428 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5429 */
5430enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5431        __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5432        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5433        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5434        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5435
5436        /* keep last */
5437        NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5438        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5439};
5440
5441/**
5442 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5443 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5444 *      in a rule are matched.
5445 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5446 *      in a rule are not matched.
5447 */
5448enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5449        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5450        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5451};
5452
5453/**
5454 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5455 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5456 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5457 *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5458 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5459 *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5460 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5461 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5462 */
5463enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5464        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5465        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5466        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5467
5468        /* keep last */
5469        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5470        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5471};
5472
5473/**
5474 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5475 *
5476 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5477 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5478 *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5479 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5480 *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5481 *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5482 *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5483 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5484 *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5485 *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5486 *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5487 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5488 *      different channels may be used within this group.
5489 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5490 *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5491 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5492 *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5493 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5494 *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5495 *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5496 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5497 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5498 *
5499 * Examples:
5500 *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5501 *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5502 *
5503 *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5504 *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5505 *
5506 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5507 *      => allows two STAs on different channels
5508 *
5509 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5510 *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5511 *
5512 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5513 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5514 * that any of these groups must match.
5515 *
5516 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5517 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5518 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5519 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5520 *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5521 */
5522enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5523        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5524        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5525        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5526        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5527        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5528        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5529        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5530        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5531
5532        /* keep last */
5533        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5534        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5535};
5536
5537
5538/**
5539 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5540 *
5541 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5542 *      state of non existent mesh peer links
5543 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5544 *      this mesh peer
5545 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5546 *      from this mesh peer
5547 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5548 *      received from this mesh peer
5549 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5550 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5551 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5552 *      plink are discarded
5553 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5554 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5555 */
5556enum nl80211_plink_state {
5557        NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5558        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5559        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5560        NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5561        NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5562        NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5563        NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5564
5565        /* keep last */
5566        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5567        MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5568};
5569
5570/**
5571 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5572 *
5573 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5574 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5575 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5576 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5577 */
5578enum plink_actions {
5579        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5580        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5581        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5582
5583        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5584};
5585
5586
5587#define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
5588#define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
5589#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN             24
5590#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN             32
5591#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
5592
5593/**
5594 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5595 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5596 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5597 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5598 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5599 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5600 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5601 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5602 */
5603enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5604        __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5605        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5606        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5607        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5608        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5609
5610        /* keep last */
5611        NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5612        MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5613};
5614
5615/**
5616 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5617 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5618 *      Beacon frames)
5619 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5620 *      in Beacon frames
5621 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5622 *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5623 */
5624enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5625        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5626        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5627        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5628};
5629
5630/**
5631 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5632 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5633 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5634 *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5635 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5636 *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5637 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5638 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5639 */
5640enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5641        __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5642        NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5643        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5644
5645        /* keep last */
5646        __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5647        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5648};
5649
5650/**
5651 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5652 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5653 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5654 *      priority)
5655 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5656 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5657 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5658 *      (internal)
5659 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5660 *      (internal)
5661 */
5662enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5663        __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5664        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5665        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5666        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5667
5668        /* keep last */
5669        NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5670        MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5671};
5672
5673/**
5674 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5675 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5676 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5677 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5678 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5679 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5680 */
5681enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5682        NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5683        NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5684        NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5685        NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5686        NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5687};
5688
5689/*
5690 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5691 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5692 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5693enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5694};
5695 */
5696
5697/**
5698 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5699 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5700 *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5701 *      socket option.
5702 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5703 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5704 *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5705 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5706 *      to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5707 *      cellular base stations.
5708 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5709 *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5710 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5711 *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5712 *      mode
5713 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5714 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5715 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5716 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5717 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5718 *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5719 *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5720 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5721 *      setting
5722 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5723 *      powersave
5724 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5725 *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5726 *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5727 *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5728 *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5729 *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5730 *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5731 *      states using station flags.
5732 *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5733 *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5734 *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5735 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5736 *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5737 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5738 *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5739 *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5740 *      still generated by the driver.
5741 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5742 *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5743 *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5744 *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5745 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5746 *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5747 *      lifetime of a BSS.
5748 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5749 *      Set IE to probe requests.
5750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5751 *      to probe requests.
5752 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5753 *      requests sent to it by an AP.
5754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5755 *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5756 *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5757 *      Measurement Report action frame.
5758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5759 *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5760 *      to enable dynack.
5761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5762 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5763 *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5764 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5765 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5766 *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5767 *      rts/cts handshake.
5768 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5769 *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5770 *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5771 *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5772 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5773 *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5774 *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5775 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5776 *      operating as a TDLS peer.
5777 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5778 *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5779 *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5780 *      address mask/value will be used.
5781 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5782 *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5783 *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5784 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5785 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5786 *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5787 *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5788 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5789 */
5790enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5791        NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
5792        NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
5793        NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
5794        NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
5795        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
5796        NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
5797        NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
5798        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
5799        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
5800        NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
5801        NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
5802        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
5803        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
5804        /* bit 13 is reserved */
5805        NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
5806        NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
5807        NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
5808        NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
5809        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
5810        NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
5811        NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
5812        NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
5813        NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
5814        NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
5815        NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
5816        NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
5817        NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
5818        NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
5819        NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
5820        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
5821        NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
5822        NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1U << 31,
5823};
5824
5825/**
5826 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5828 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5829 *      request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5830 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5831 *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5832 *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5834 *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5835 *      certain groups which can be configured by the
5836 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5837 *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5838 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5839 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5840 *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5841 *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5842 *      (if available).
5843 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5844 *      time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5845 *      BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5846 *      (if available).
5847 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5848 *      channel dwell time.
5849 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5850 *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5851 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5852 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5853 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5854 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5855 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5856 *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5857 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5858 *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5860 *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5861 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5862 *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5863 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5864 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5865 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5866 *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5867 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5868 *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5870 *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5871 *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5873 *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5874 *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5875 *      be supported.
5876 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5877 *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5878 *      actual dwell time.
5879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5880 *      response
5881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5882 *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5883 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5884 *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
5885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5886 *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5887 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5888 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5889 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5891 *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5892 *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5893 *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5894 *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5895 *      "radar detected" event.
5896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5897 *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5899 *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5901 *      TXQs.
5902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5903 *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5905 *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5906 *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5907 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5908 *      timing measurement responder role.
5909 *
5910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5911 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5912 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5913 *      freeze the connection.
5914 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5915 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5916 *
5917 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5918 *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5919 *      scheduling.
5920 *
5921 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5922 *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5923 *
5924 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5925 *      filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5926 *
5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5928 *      to a station.
5929 *
5930 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5931 *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5932 *
5933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5934 *      with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5935 *      vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5936 *
5937 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5938 *      feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5939 *      time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5940 *
5941 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5942 *      and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5943 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5944 *      protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5945 *
5946 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5947 *      forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5948 *      handled as ordinary data frames.
5949 *
5950 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5951 *
5952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5953 *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5954 *
5955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5956 *      are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5957 *
5958 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5959 *      reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5960 *      report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5961 *      included in the scan request.
5962 *
5963 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5964 *      can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5965 *
5966 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
5967 *      Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
5968 *
5969 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5970 *      handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
5971 *      command).
5972 *
5973 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
5974 *      in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
5975 *
5976 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
5977 *      frames transmission
5978 *
5979 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
5980 *      unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
5981 *
5982 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
5983 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
5984 *
5985 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
5986 *      exchange protocol.
5987 *
5988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
5989 *      exchange protocol.
5990 *
5991 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
5992 *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
5993 *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
5994 *
5995 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
5996 *      detection and change announcemnts.
5997 *
5998 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5999 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6000 */
6001enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6002        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6003        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6004        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6005        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6006        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6007        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6008        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6009        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6010        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6011        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6012        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6013        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6014        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6015        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6016        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6017        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6018        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6019        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6020        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6021        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6022        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6023        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6024        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6025        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6026        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6027        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6028        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6029        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6030        /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6031        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6032        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6033        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6034        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6035        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6036        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6037        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6038        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6039        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6040        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6041        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6042        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6043        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6044        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6045        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6046        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6047        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6048        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6049        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6050        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6051        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6052        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6053        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6054        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6055        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6056        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6057        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6058        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6059        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6060        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6061        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6062        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6063
6064        /* add new features before the definition below */
6065        NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6066        MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6067};
6068
6069/**
6070 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6071 *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6072 *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6073 *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6074 *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6075 *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6076 *      to the host.
6077 *
6078 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6079 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6080 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6081 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6082 */
6083enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6084        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
6085        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
6086        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
6087        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
6088};
6089
6090/**
6091 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6092 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6093 *      handled by the AP is reached.
6094 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6095 */
6096enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6097        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6098        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6099};
6100
6101/**
6102 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6103 *
6104 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6105 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6106 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6107 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6108 */
6109enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6110        NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6111        NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6112        NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6113        NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6114};
6115
6116/**
6117 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6118 *
6119 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6120 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6121 * requests.
6122 *
6123 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6124 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6125 * one of them can be used in the request.
6126 *
6127 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6128 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6129 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6130 *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6131 *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6132 *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6133 *      when really needed
6134 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6135 *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6136 *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6137 *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6138 *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6139 *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6140 *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6141 *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6142 *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6143 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6144 *      request parameters IE in the probe request
6145 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6146 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6147 *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6148 *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6149 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6150 *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6151 *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6152 *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6153 *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6154 *      SSID and/or RSSI.
6155 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6156 *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6157 *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6158 *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6159 *      impacted with this flag.
6160 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6161 *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6162 *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6163 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6164 *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6165 *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6166 *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6167 *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6168 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6169 *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6170 *      possible.
6171 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6172 *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6173 *      added by userspace explicitly.)
6174 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6175 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6176 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6177 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6178 *      2.4/5 GHz APs
6179 */
6180enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6181        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
6182        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
6183        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
6184        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
6185        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
6186        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
6187        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
6188        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
6189        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
6190        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
6191        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
6192        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
6193        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
6194        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ                              = 1<<13,
6195        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ                        = 1<<14,
6196};
6197
6198/**
6199 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6200 *
6201 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6202 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6203 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6204 *
6205 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6206 *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6207 *      in ACL to authenticate.
6208 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6209 *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6210 */
6211enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6212        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6213        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6214};
6215
6216/**
6217 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6218 *
6219 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6220 *
6221 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6222 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6223 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6224 *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6225 */
6226enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6227        NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6228        NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6229        NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6230
6231        __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6232        NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6233};
6234
6235/**
6236 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6237 *
6238 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6239 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6240 *
6241 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6242 *      now unusable.
6243 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6244 *      the channel is now available.
6245 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6246 *      change to the channel status.
6247 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6248 *      over, channel becomes usable.
6249 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6250 *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6251 *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6252 *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6253 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6254 *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6255 */
6256enum nl80211_radar_event {
6257        NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6258        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6259        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6260        NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6261        NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6262        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6263};
6264
6265/**
6266 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6267 *
6268 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6269 *
6270 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6271 *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6272 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6273 *      is therefore marked as not available.
6274 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6275 */
6276enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6277        NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6278        NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6279        NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6280};
6281
6282/**
6283 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6284 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6285 *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6286 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6287 *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6288 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6289 */
6290enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6291        NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
6292};
6293
6294/**
6295 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6296 *
6297 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6298 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6299 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6300 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6301 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6302 */
6303enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6304        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6305        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6306        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6307        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6308        /* add other protocols before this one */
6309        NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6310};
6311
6312/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6313#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
6314
6315/**
6316 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6317 *
6318 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6319 *
6320 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6321 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6322 *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6323 *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6324 *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6325 */
6326enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6327        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6328        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6329};
6330
6331/*
6332 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6333 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6334 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6335 */
6336#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
6337
6338/**
6339 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6340 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6341 *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6342 *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6343 *      added to this file when needed.
6344 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6345 */
6346struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6347        __u32 vendor_id;
6348        __u32 subcmd;
6349};
6350
6351/**
6352 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6353 *
6354 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6355 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6356 *
6357 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6358 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6359 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6360 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6361 */
6362enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6363        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6364        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6365        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6366        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6367};
6368
6369/**
6370 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6371 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6372 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6373 *      seconds (u32).
6374 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6375 *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6376 *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6377 *      make the scan plan meaningless.
6378 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6379 *      currently defined
6380 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6381 */
6382enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6383        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6384        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6385        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6386
6387        /* keep last */
6388        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6389        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6390                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6391};
6392
6393/**
6394 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6395 *
6396 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6397 *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6398 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6399 */
6400struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6401        __u8 band;
6402        __s8 delta;
6403} __attribute__((packed));
6404
6405/**
6406 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6407 *
6408 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6409 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6410 *      is requested.
6411 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6412 *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6413 *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6414 *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6415 *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6416 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6417 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6418 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6419 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6420 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6421 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6422 *
6423 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6424 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6425 * which the driver shall use.
6426 */
6427enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6428        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6429        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6430        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6431        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6432
6433        /* keep last */
6434        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6435        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6436};
6437
6438/**
6439 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6440 *
6441 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6442 *
6443 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6444 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6445 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6446 */
6447enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6448        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6449        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6450        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6451
6452        /* keep last */
6453        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6454        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6455};
6456
6457/**
6458 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6459 *
6460 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6461 *
6462 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6463 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6464 */
6465enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6466        NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6467        NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6468};
6469
6470/**
6471 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6472 *
6473 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6474 *
6475 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6476 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6477 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6478 */
6479enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6480        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6481        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6482        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6483};
6484
6485#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6486#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6487#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6488
6489/**
6490 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6491 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6492 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6493 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6494 *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6495 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6496 *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6497 *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6498 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6499 *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6500 *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6502 *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6503 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6504 *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6505 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6506 *      is follow up. This is a u8.
6507 *      The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6508 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6509 *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6510 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6511 *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6512 *      This is a flag.
6513 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6514 *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6515 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6516 *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6517 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6518 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6519 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6520 *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6521 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6522 *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6523 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6524 *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6525 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6526 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6527 *
6528 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6529 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6530 */
6531enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6532        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6533        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6534        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6535        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6536        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6537        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6538        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6539        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6540        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6541        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6542        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6543        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6544        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6545        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6546        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6547        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6548        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6549
6550        /* keep last */
6551        NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6552        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6553};
6554
6555/**
6556 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6557 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6558 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6559 *      This is a flag.
6560 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6561 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6562 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6563 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6564 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6565 *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6566 *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6567 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6568 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6569 */
6570enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6571        __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6572        NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6573        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6574        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6575        NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6576
6577        /* keep last */
6578        NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6579        NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6580};
6581
6582/**
6583 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6584 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6585 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6586 *      match. This is a nested attribute.
6587 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6588 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6589 *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6590 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6591 *
6592 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6593 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6594 */
6595enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6596        __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6597        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6598        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6599
6600        /* keep last */
6601        NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6602        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6603};
6604
6605/**
6606 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6607 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6608 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6609 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6610 */
6611enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6612        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6613        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6614};
6615
6616/**
6617 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6618 *      responder attributes
6619 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6620 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6621 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6622 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6623 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6624 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6625 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6626 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6627 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6628 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6629 */
6630enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6631        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6632
6633        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6634        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6635        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6636
6637        /* keep last */
6638        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6639        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6640};
6641
6642/*
6643 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6644 *
6645 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6646 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6647 *
6648 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6649 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6650 *      were ssfully answered (u32)
6651 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6652 *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
6653 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6654 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6655 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6656 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6657 *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6658 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6659 *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6660 *      phase with the responder (u32)
6661 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6662 *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6663 *      FTM slot (u32)
6664 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6665 *      scheduled window (u32)
6666 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6667 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6668 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6669 */
6670enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6671        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6672        NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6673        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6674        NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6675        NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6676        NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6677        NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6678        NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6679        NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6680        NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6681        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6682
6683        /* keep last */
6684        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6685        NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6686};
6687
6688/**
6689 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6690 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6691 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6692 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6693 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6694 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6695 */
6696enum nl80211_preamble {
6697        NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6698        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6699        NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6700        NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6701        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6702};
6703
6704/**
6705 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6706 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6707 *      these numbers also for attributes
6708 *
6709 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6710 *
6711 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6712 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6713 */
6714enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6715        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6716
6717        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6718
6719        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6720        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6721};
6722
6723/**
6724 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6725 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6726 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6727 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6728 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6729 *      reason may be available in the response data
6730 */
6731enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6732        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6733        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6734        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6735        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6736};
6737
6738/**
6739 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6740 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6741 *
6742 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6743 *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6744 *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6745 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6746 *      (flag attribute)
6747 *
6748 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6749 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6750 */
6751enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6752        __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6753
6754        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6755        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6756
6757        /* keep last */
6758        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6759        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6760};
6761
6762/**
6763 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6764 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6765 *
6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6767 *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6768 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6770 *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6771 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6772 *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6773 *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6774 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6775 *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6776 *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6777 *      (u64, usec)
6778 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6779 *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6780 *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6781 *      result.
6782 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6783 *
6784 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6785 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6786 */
6787enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6788        __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6789
6790        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6791        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6792        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6793        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6794        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6795        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6796
6797        /* keep last */
6798        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6799        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6800};
6801
6802/**
6803 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6804 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6805 *
6806 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6807 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6808 *      attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6809 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6810 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6811 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6812 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6813 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6814 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6815 *
6816 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6817 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6818 */
6819enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6820        __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6821
6822        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6823        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6824        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6825        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6826
6827        /* keep last */
6828        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6829        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6830};
6831
6832/**
6833 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6834 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6835 *
6836 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6837 *      advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6838 *      measurements can be done with in a single request
6839 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6840 *      indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6841 *      measurement results
6842 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6843 *      indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6844 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6845 *      this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6846 *      type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6847 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6848 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6849 *      meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6850 *      sub-attributes taken from
6851 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6852 *
6853 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6854 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6855 */
6856enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6857        __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6858
6859        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6860        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6861        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6862        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6863        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6864
6865        /* keep last */
6866        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6867        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6868};
6869
6870/**
6871 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6872 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6873 *
6874 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6875 *      is supported
6876 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6877 *      mode is supported
6878 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6879 *      data can be requested during the measurement
6880 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6881 *      location data can be requested during the measurement
6882 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6883 *      from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6884 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6885 *      &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6886 *      bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6887 *      configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6888 *      bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6889 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6890 *      the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6891 *      is valid)
6892 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6893 *      the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6894 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6895 *      trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6896 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6897 *      if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6898 *
6899 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6900 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6901 */
6902enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6903        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6904
6905        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6906        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6907        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6908        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6909        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6910        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6911        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6912        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6913        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6914        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6915
6916        /* keep last */
6917        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6918        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6919};
6920
6921/**
6922 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6923 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6924 *
6925 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6926 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6927 *      &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6928 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6929 *      802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6930 *      (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6932 *      of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6934 *      Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6935 *      default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6936 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6937 *      requested per burst
6938 *      (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6940 *      (u8, default 3)
6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6942 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6943 *      (flag)
6944 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6945 *      measurement (flag).
6946 *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6947 *      mutually exclusive.
6948 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6949 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6950 *      ranging will be used.
6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6952 *      ranging measurement (flag)
6953 *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6954 *      mutually exclusive.
6955 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6956 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6957 *      ranging will be used.
6958 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
6959 *      valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
6960 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
6961 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
6962 *      responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
6963 *      or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
6964 *
6965 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6967 */
6968enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6969        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6970
6971        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6972        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6973        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6974        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6975        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6976        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6977        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6978        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6979        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6980        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6981        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6982        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
6983        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
6984
6985        /* keep last */
6986        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6987        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6988};
6989
6990/**
6991 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6992 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6993 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6994 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6995 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6996 *      on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6997 *      try and get no response)
6998 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6999 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7000 *      received
7001 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7002 *      later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7003 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7004 *      by the peer and are no longer supported
7005 */
7006enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7007        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7008        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7009        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7010        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7011        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7012        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7013        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7014        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7015};
7016
7017/**
7018 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7019 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7020 *
7021 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7022 *      (u32, optional)
7023 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7024 *      as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7025 *      the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7026 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7027 *      transmitted (u32, optional)
7028 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7029 *      that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7030 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7031 *      busy peer (u32, seconds)
7032 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7033 *      used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7034 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7035 *      the responder (similar to request, u8)
7036 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7037 *      by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7038 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7039 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7040 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7041 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7042 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7043 *      FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7044 *      attributes)
7045 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7046 *      action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7047 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7048 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7049 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7050 *      standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7052 *      optional)
7053 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7054 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7056 *      that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7057 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7058 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7059 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7060 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7061 *      Type 8.
7062 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7063 *      (binary, optional);
7064 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7065 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7066 *      Type 11.
7067 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7068 *
7069 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7070 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7071 */
7072enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7073        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7074
7075        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7076        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7077        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7078        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7079        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7080        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7081        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7082        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7083        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7084        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7085        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7086        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7087        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7088        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7089        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7090        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7091        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7092        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7093        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7094        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7095        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7096
7097        /* keep last */
7098        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7099        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7100};
7101
7102/**
7103 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7104 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7105 *
7106 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7107 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7108 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7109 *      tx power offset.
7110 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7111 *      values used by members of the SRG.
7112 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7113 *      BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7114 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7115 *
7116 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7117 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7118 */
7119enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7120        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7121
7122        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7123        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7124        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7125        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7126        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7127        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7128
7129        /* keep last */
7130        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7131        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7132};
7133
7134/**
7135 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7136 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7137 *
7138 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7139 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7140 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7141 *
7142 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7143 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7144 */
7145enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7146        __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7147
7148        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7149        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7150        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7151
7152        /* keep last */
7153        __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7154        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7155};
7156
7157/**
7158 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7159 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7160 *
7161 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7162 *      attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7163 *      %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7164 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7165 *      AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7166 *
7167 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7168 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7169 */
7170enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7171        __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7172
7173        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7174        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7175
7176        /* keep last */
7177        __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7178        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7179};
7180
7181/**
7182 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7183 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7184 *
7185 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7186 *
7187 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7188 *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7189 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7190 *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7191 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7192 *      frame including the headers.
7193 *
7194 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7195 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7196 */
7197enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7198        __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7199
7200        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7201        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7202        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7203
7204        /* keep last */
7205        __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7206        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7207};
7208
7209/*
7210 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7211 * mandatory fields.
7212 */
7213#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7214
7215/**
7216 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7217 *      response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7218 *
7219 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7220 *
7221 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7222 *      Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7223 *      26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7224 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7225 *      frame template (binary).
7226 *
7227 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7228 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7229 */
7230enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7231        __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7232
7233        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7234        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7235
7236        /* keep last */
7237        __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7238        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7239                __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7240};
7241
7242/**
7243 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7244 *      derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7245 *      used.
7246 *
7247 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7248 *      attribute is not present from userspace.
7249 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7250 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7251 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7252 *      can be used.
7253 */
7254enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7255        NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7256        NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7257        NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7258        NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7259};
7260
7261/**
7262 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7263 *
7264 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7265 *
7266 */
7267enum nl80211_sar_type {
7268        NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7269
7270        /* add new type here */
7271
7272        /* Keep last */
7273        NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7274};
7275
7276/**
7277 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7278 *
7279 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7280 *
7281 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7282 *      limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7283 *      of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7284 *
7285 *      For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7286 *      and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7287 *
7288 *      For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7289 *      %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7290 *      and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7291 *
7292 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7293 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7294 *
7295 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7296 */
7297enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7298        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7299
7300        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7301        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7302
7303        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7304        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7305};
7306
7307/**
7308 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7309 *
7310 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7311 *      power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7312 *      NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7313 *      0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7314 *
7315 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7316 *      index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7317 *      is applied to this range.
7318 *
7319 *      Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7320 *      and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7321 *      have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7322 *      %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7323 *      value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7324 *      limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7325 *      It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7326 *
7327 *      Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7328 *
7329 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7330 *      frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7331 *      It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7332 *
7333 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7334 *      frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7335 *      It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7336 *
7337 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7338 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7339 */
7340enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7341        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7342
7343        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7344        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7345        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7346        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7347
7348        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7349        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7350};
7351
7352#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7353